Half Size Me

By Heather A. Robertson

Listen to a podcast, please open Podcast Republic app. Available on Google Play Store.


Category: Nutrition

Open in Apple Podcasts


Open RSS feed


Open Website


Rate for this podcast

Subscribers: 556
Reviews: 1


 Mar 19, 2019

Description

A weekly weight loss podcast. Half Size Me helps you achieve weight loss and maintenance in a sustainable way… that works best for you!

Episode Date
How Routines Can Help You De-Stress and Lose Weight (Sustainably!) | HSM 513
41:28
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber to support this show and you will get Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they're released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to "Ask Me Anything" questions In episode 513 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Callie about why having a routine is so helpful while losing weight with a maintenance mindset, plus her life-long struggles with weight, including diets as a kid her experience with having gastric sleeve surgery 4 years ago her plan for meal prep and tracking and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join Promo music: "Christmas Village" (non-copyrighted) courtesy of HowToStuffs on Youtube. Go here to find original track: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=N91_IHbofhs (This music was used based on it's listing as non-copyrighted.) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Dec 06, 2021
How Michelle is Reversing 20 Years of Dieting by Focusing on Maintenance First | HSM 512
48:29
Become a PREMIUM podcast subscriber and get Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they're released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to "Ask Me Anything" questions CLICK HERE to get it today! In episode 512 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Michelle about how she is reversing 20 years of dieting and gaining by focusing on maintenance first, plus how she meal plans and keeps eating the foods she loves how she's going to tackle her pre-diabetes diagnosis what boundaries she has established to help her toward her goals (while still enjoying life) and more! Do you want to get SUPPORT and CONNECTION at a price you can afford? Then CLICK HERE and check out the Half Size Me Community! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Nov 29, 2021
How Liz Reclaimed Her Life and Lost Over 100 Pounds | HSM 511
54:42
In episode 511 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Liz about the changes she made so she wouldn't feel like she was constantly missing out on her own life, plus her experience in the yo-yo diet cycle her emotional, mental and physical struggles as a mom with 3 young kids her journey (with the help of her husband) to lose 110 pounds in a little over 2 years the basic habits she always goes back to and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Nov 22, 2021
Why Consistency Is The Most Important Tool For Weight Loss | HSM 510
40:01
In episode 510 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Megan about her struggles to be consistent with her habits, plus how she lost weight slowly rather than "dieted" how she's going to focus more on fruits and vegetables how she's going to tackle her sugary-drink habit and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Nov 15, 2021
How Lisa Lost Over 50 Pounds (slowly!) and Her Plan to Lose 30 More | HSM 509
46:49
In episode 509 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Lisa about how she has managed to lose over 50 pounds (SLOWLY!), plus her plan to tackle overeating in the evenings how she’s going to prepare and track for special meals the importance of meal planning for her lifestyle and more! Check out Half Size Me Podcast Premium HERE! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Nov 08, 2021
How Donna Reached Maintenance By Prioritizing Her Health And Fitness | HSM 508
41:21
In episode 508 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Donna about how she reached maintenance once she decided to focus on her health and fitness, plus how staying away from the scale helped her succeed how she reached her goals despite having a sedentary job how she incorporates treats and mindfulness into her day and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Nov 01, 2021
How Darlene Stopped Yo-Yo Dieting and Lost 70 Pounds | HSM 507
48:12
In episode 507 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Darlene about how she went from constantly losing and regaining the same few pounds to losing 70 pounds, plus how things are going in her maintenance break what her plan is to lose the next 20 pounds how her history with anorexia and competitive sports has affected her journey and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Oct 25, 2021
BONUS: What is Half Size Me Podcast Premium and How Do I Get It?
5:24
In this BONUS EPISODE of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to you about the new Half Size Me Podcast Premium! You'll learn what it is and how you can get Access to the first 200+ episodes (no longer on other platforms) Access to the entire 500+ episode archive Early access to regular episodes (before they're released publicly) Access to additional bonus material releases Exclusive, subscriber-only audio replies to "Ask Me Anything" questions Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Oct 20, 2021
Being A Perfectionist Can Get In The Way Of Success | HSM 506
35:45
In episode 506 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Gerri about how she had to get past being a perfectionist to lose over 50 pounds, plus how the "Half Size Me mentality" helped her lose weight why focusing on the non-scale victories makes life better how to manage self-made expectations and disappointments and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Oct 18, 2021
How To Lose Weight By Changing Your Habits | HSM 505
48:39
In episode 505 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Holly about how she can lose weight by changing her habits, plus why focusing on portion control can be helpful how to take a step back from being too obsessive with food and calorie counting why it's okay to eat cookies and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Oct 11, 2021
How Habits Help As Your Body Changes and Ages | HSM 504
36:49
In episode 504 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Megan about how habits help you stay on track even as your body changes, plus what to expect from the hormonal changes that can result from changing your birth control prescription why protein and fiber are so important how to incorporate strength training and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Oct 04, 2021
What To Change When You’ve Been Dieting Your Whole Life | HSM 503
48:33
In episode 503 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kristi about the switch from dieting to maintenance, plus why sometimes the lowest weight you can reach isn't the most sustainable one how to stay binge-free what has to change when it feels like you've been dieting your whole life and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Sep 27, 2021
How Maintenance Gave Stephanie The Chance To Find Peace With The Scale And To Improve Her Relationship With Food | HSM 502
55:14
In episode 502 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Stephanie about how maintenance gave her the chance to find peace with the scale and to improve her relationship with food, plus how she lost and regained weight 3 different times why she  had resigned herself to always being overweight how she lost over 100 pounds by focusing on small steps rather than the big goal and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Sep 20, 2021
Defining Success In Weight Loss and Finding Maintenance | HSM 501
38:38
In episode 501 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Amy about how to define success in weight loss, plus how to deal with persistent hunger cues how to make "diet" programs work for individual situations how to work in exercise she actually likes how to find her maintenance calories and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Sep 13, 2021
Heather’s 6 MOST IMPORTANT Lessons On Weight Loss and Maintenance | HSM 500
46:14
In EPISODE 500(!) of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to you about the 6 most important lessons she has learned in the past 15 years of losing 170 pounds and maintaining that weight loss. She shares all about why you don't have to lose weight why you need to take responsibility for all your actions (including being in a yo-yo diet cycle) how to stop creating diet drama how to ditch the scale and more!     To celebrate our 500th episode, we're offering you a limited-time opportunity to join the Half Size Me Community for $5! Join anytime from now until 9:00 PM EST on September 13 and use the promo code PODCAST500 to take advantage of this great deal: https://halfsizeme.onfastspring.com/half-size-me-premium-monthly-membership-1995-2020 Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Sep 06, 2021
The Importance Of Changing Calories To Get To Your Goal | HSM 499
39:19
In episode 499 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kirsten about how you need to change your calorie targets over time to get to your goal, plus how she lost over 20 pounds last year how she is planning and recording her food why protein is so important (and how to include it) and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Aug 30, 2021
How Amanda Is Going To Break Free From Yo-Yo Dieting | HSM 498
51:25
In episode 498 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Amanda about how to break free from 3 years of yo-yo dieting, plus her experience with weight-loss surgery her struggles with disordered eating the importance of therapy and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Aug 23, 2021
Life After Losing 50 Pounds: Chelsee’s Successes and Struggles | HSM 497
38:36
In episode 497 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Chelsee about what to focus on after losing 50 pounds, plus her struggles after reaching maintenance how to have a more consistent eating plan (rather than restricting on weekdays and bingeing on weekends) the impact of strength training on her calories and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Aug 16, 2021
Marny’s Plan To Lose Those Last Few Pounds | HSM 496
49:05
In episode 496 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Marny about her struggle over the past year to lose the last 5-8 pounds, plus how she has already lost 20 pounds how she can stop binge eating 1-2 nights a week why she needs to tackle her emotional eating and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Aug 09, 2021
Your “Primitive” Brain & Food: It Doesn’t Care That You Want To Lose Weight (Or Why) | HSM495
37:44
In episode 495 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Brandy about our primitive brains and how they don't really care about our "whys" for weight loss, plus how to get out of the cycle of mindlessly eating after the kids are in bed how to plan for today and for binge-eating episodes how to find non-food rewards and schedule in "me time" and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Aug 02, 2021
How To Go From Knowing What To Do To Actually Taking Action | HSM 494
38:01
In episode 494 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kihu about how to go from knowing what to do to actually taking action and being consistent with healthy habits, plus how to keep the foods she loves, like rice and pasta, in her diet how to build sustainable habit  change how to tackle a soda habit and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jul 26, 2021
Weight Loss & Parenthood: Caitlin’s Plan For Reaching Her Goals (While Taking Care Of Two Young Children) | HSM 493
45:21
In episode 493 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Caitlin about losing weight while being a parent of two young kids, plus the realities of fertility treatment how an over-reliance on exercise can impede your goals the importance of meal planning (and eating out!) and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jul 19, 2021
Summer Is Here: Are You Set Up For Success? | HSM 492
31:48
In episode 492 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Tammy about dealing with weight gain over the past year and preparing for summer activities like camping. They make a plan for her to: balance treats and her goals in social settings set her schedule and expectations work on eating consistently find camping-friendly meals and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jul 12, 2021
Listen To Your Body: Exercising While Living With Limitations | HSM 491
33:59
In episode 491 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Candis about how to incorporate movement and exercise while living with limitations and pain from an auto-immune disease. They discuss ideas for strength training and using weights what low-impact exercises could work why it is so important to listen to her body and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jul 05, 2021
How Counting Calories Can Help You Out Of A Weight-Loss Plateau | HSM 490
33:51
In episode 490 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Mary about why her weight loss has stalled at just over 200 pounds and how to break through this plateau why switching from points to counting calories can help and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jun 28, 2021
Why You Need To Find Your Maintenance Calories First | HSM 489
48:38
In episode 489 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kim about why finding her maintenance calories is the best way to lose weight sustainably, plus they make a plan for Kim to pre-track some of her meals approach the weekends differently re-evaluate after her maintenance break ends and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jun 21, 2021
How Amy Is Thriving In Maintenance After Leaving An Abusive Relationship And Losing Almost 150 Pounds | HSM 488
47:15
In episode 488 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Amy about how, after leaving an abusive relationship, gaining weight, losing weight, starting IVF, and gaining it again, she has lost almost 150 pounds, plus why her weight worries started in childhood how she used food as a way to soothe herself how she took a more gentle approach this time (with maintenance breaks!) and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jun 14, 2021
How To Take Responsibility For Your Body and Be Consistent With Tracking | HSM 487
47:06
In episode 487 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather and Cherrie make a plan for Cherrie to be more consistent with tracking and other habits, plus they discuss weight-loss surgery how to incorporate daily treats why we are responsible for our bodies and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jun 07, 2021
How Meg Is Going To Tackle Her Weight-Loss Plateau | HSM 486
37:36
In episode 486 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Meg about what she can do to get out of her weight-loss plateau, plus how she has lost 40 pounds so far why taking a maintenance break is crucial for success how she can still have pizza every week how experimenting with different tools can help her reach her goals and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
May 31, 2021
How Charli Conquered Decades Of Binge Eating And Has Been Binge-Free For Over Four Years | HSM 485
58:07
In episode 485 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Charli about how she gained control after decades of binge eating and the binge/restrict and bulimia cycle she fell into her life-long struggles with weight and body image the importance of therapy and group support challenges and joys of being binge-free for over four years and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
May 24, 2021
Sedentary Job? Post-Menopause? You Can Still Lose Weight | HSM 484
41:00
In episode 484 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather helps Pam figure out how to meet her protein goals, how to work towards her goals while working a sedentary job how to lose weight post-menopause how to be more intentional with her meals and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
May 17, 2021
How Jamie Lost Over 100 Pounds By Walking and Tracking | HSM 483
42:43
In episode 483 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Jamie about how Jamie lost 110 pounds by walking and by tracking her food, and how she has struggled with her weight since childhood how her dogs helped keep her motivated and lose weight why she wanted to lose weight slowly this time and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
May 10, 2021
How Sonya Changed Her Habits And Broke Free Of The Diet Cycle | HSM 482
1:01:44
In episode 482 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Sonya about why she kept gaining and losing the same 3 pounds and how to determine her minimum habits how to handle her weekends (differently than weekdays!) how to make snacks work for her and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
May 03, 2021
Why You Shouldn’t Compare Yourself To Others Who Have Lost Weight | HSM 481
35:45
In episode 481 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Renata about why she needs to forget 20 years of diet behaviors and face her fear of maintenance stop comparing herself to others stick with her plans for longer than a week or two and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Apr 26, 2021
Why Learning To Deal With Your Emotions Is The First Step In Losing Weight | HSM 480
52:13
In episode 480 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Erin about how she manages her emotional eating and how she uses tools like My Fitness Pal and Libra to find her maintenance calories why weight-loss surgery was the right choice for her why journaling and meal planning are crucial for success and emotional awareness and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Apr 19, 2021
How To Have Fun On Weekends While Losing Weight | HSM 479
51:15
In episode 479 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Elena about how to have fun on weekends while losing weight and how do you go out to have fun and not mess up all the work how to structure her calories to lose weight and maintain how to create a plan that keeps you on track and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Apr 12, 2021
Why Comparing Your Past To Your Present Can Prevent You From Making Progress Today | HSM 478
45:20
In episode 478 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Sam about why comparing your past to your present can prevent you from making progress today and how long she’s been dealing with weight loss why she hit a wall and can't jump start any weight loss  how did she decide to change her definition of success why she struggles to keep weight off and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Apr 05, 2021
How Marie Took Her First Maintenance Break After Losing 100 Pounds | HSM 477
50:32
In episode 477 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Marie about how Marie took her first maintenance break after losing 100 pounds and when her weight got out of control why she went on a maintenance break on purpose  what happened when she started to put on weight last during the holiday season  what caused her to get aggressive and lose weight faster what revelation she had about holiday treats and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Mar 29, 2021
How To Move From Intuitive Eating To Intentional Weight Loss | HSM 476
51:50
In episode 476 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Michelle about how to move from intuitive eating to intentional weight loss and why she has struggled to lose weight why she wants to take her eating in a new direction  how to work on disordered eating and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Mar 22, 2021
How To Maintain Instead Of Gain Weight | HSM 475
43:14
In episode 475 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Nicole about how to maintain instead of gain weight and how she connected with an intuitive eating health coach why she's been dieting her whole adult life how she’s learning to eat when hungry  how to get in tune with your emotions  and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Mar 15, 2021
How Becky Lost 147 Pounds With Self-Compassion and Maternal Love For Herself | HSM 474
48:31
In episode 474 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Becky about how she lost 147 pounds with self-compassion and maternal love for herself and why she felt her whole life was a diet  what personal lost caused her to realize she needed to take care of herself why she needs to do this for the long haul how self-compassion opens up possibilities what happens the harder you are on yourself and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Mar 08, 2021
How To Reach An Achievable Weight | HSM 473
46:37
In episode 473 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Teresa about how to reach an achievable weight and how much weight she’s lost since 2014  what happened when she went on a Mediterranean cruise why she struggles to get back to her calorie deficit what happened after her foot surgery  and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Mar 01, 2021
Why Diet Culture Robs Us Of Our Ability To Make Choices With Georgie Fear | HSM 472
45:14
In episode 472 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Georgie Fear about why diet culture robs us of our ability to make choices and how to give yourself more why we suffer from same trip ups  how to reduce sugar and alcohol  why kind people don't know how to take time for fun  what is a realistic way of looking at results  and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Feb 22, 2021
Do You Feel Overwhelmed By Dieting Information? | HSM 471
40:08
In episode 471 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Rachel about why she feels overwhelmed by dieting information how to overcome diet fatigue  how boundaries with yourself help you lose weight why she’s never been successful with counting points  why skipping breakfast causes her to eat late at night  and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Feb 15, 2021
How To Overcome Trouble Maintaining Weight | HSM 470
35:24
In episode 470 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Chris about how to overcome trouble maintaining weight and how she lost 39 pounds why her weight went up a little  why the pandemic has led to less activity and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Feb 08, 2021
How Julie Gained Control Over Binge Eating In Her 60s and Achieved Her Weight Goal | HSM 469
46:18
In episode 469 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Julie about how she gained control over binge eating in her 60s and achieved her weight goal and why she started dieting at 12-years-old in the 7th grade  why she did all the diets known to man during high school how her father’s career influenced her desire to lose weight  why diets don’t work and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Feb 01, 2021
Why We Struggle With Starting Weight Loss | HSM 468
42:41
In episode 468 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Megan about why you struggle with starting weight loss and how she faced her fear of finding maintenance calories  why it’s so hard to turn around years of dieting behaviors  why comparison doesn’t allow her to keep failing  why it’s important to learn how to track your maintenance  how to track your weight using Happy Scale app  and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jan 25, 2021
Why It’s Important To Focus On Your Core Habits | HSM 467
40:34
In episode 467 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Jennifer about why it's important to focus on your core habits and how she lost 50 pounds a year ago why she wants to get down to her goal weight  why she stopped losing weight until after the holidays and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jan 18, 2021
How Letting Go of Guilt Around Food Leads To Weight Loss Success | HSM 466
49:56
In episode 466 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Megan about how letting go of guilt around food leads to weight loss success and how guilt led to not having fun foods around why it’s important to get therapy for help with anxiety when weight first became an issue for her why she got successful at losing weight after seeing a photo  and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jan 11, 2021
Why It’s Good NOT To Get Praise For Your Weight Loss | HSM 465
58:40
In episode 465 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Amany about why it’s good NOT to get praise for your weight loss and how she can get on the right track with her habits  why she feels unmotivated when she struggles most with mom guilt  how to reframe stories around slow weight loss vs fast weight loss and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jan 04, 2021
Why It’s So Important To Track Honestly | HSM 464
42:11
In episode 464 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Veronica about why it’s so important to track honestly and why she feels like she’s not seeing a payoff for all her effort how to achieve your important goals why she’s gained weight instead of maintaining and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Dec 28, 2020
How You Can Reframe Your Story Every Day | HSM 463
53:22
In episode 463 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Angie about how you can reframe your story every day and how she changed her mindset about weight loss not being fair what she struggled with most in college  how to overcome “victim” thinking about tracking why she’s changed how she was living her life how changing her attitude made a big change why she can't keep treating maintenance like a diet  how she grew her self-worth and self-efficacy  and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Dec 21, 2020
How To Decide What Is Healthy For You | HSM 462
46:19
In episode 462 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Cody about how to decide what is healthy for you and your body why the maintenance mindset is important how she lost 40 pounds in 2017 why she regained 20 pounds  why do you want to lose weight  and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Dec 14, 2020
Why The All-Or-Nothing Mentality Hurts Us | HSM 461
35:52
In episode 461 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Karen about why the all-or-nothing mentality hurts us  and how sleeping helps with binge eating what her hubby can do to help her  where she can put her alarm to help her and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Dec 07, 2020
Why It’s Important To Take Time Out And Write Down Your Feelings | HSM 460
43:53
In episode 460 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Debbie about why it’s important to take time out and write down your feelings and why she emotionally eats and how to overcome it how she can learn what is not working for her in two weeks  when you want to start getting into your maintenance calories how she will work on reducing her snacking windows and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Nov 30, 2020
Why You Don’t Have To Be Perfect To Be Proud Of Yourself | HSM 459
57:30
In episode 459 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kate about why you don't have to be perfect to be proud of yourself and how her stressful job and relationships affected her weight what exercise she learned she didn’t like doing to lose weight why it’s helpful to have pride in yourself no matter what you weigh  why fitting into her favorite jeans helped motivate her what do after you gain weight  how she’s made peace with her weight being above her BMI range why it’s important to focus on what your body can do  and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Nov 23, 2020
How A Weight Loss Support Partner Can Help You | HSM 458
45:24
In episode 458 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kayte about how a weight loss support partner can help you and why she has an extremely long history with the last 30-40 pounds what is the point she wants to get to   how meditating has helped her and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Nov 16, 2020
How To Overcome Struggles With Meal Planning | HSM 457
45:26
In episode 457 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Chastity about how to overcome struggles with meal planning and how to cook for picky family members why you want to pre-order meals from restaurants what are some ways she can help her son and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Nov 09, 2020
Why Restrictive Dieting To Lose Weight Doesn’t Work | HSM 456
37:28
In episode 456 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Angie about why restrictive dieting to lose weight doesn't work and how many pounds she has lost since last year what happened one year ago when she listened to show  how long she has struggled with a fixed mindset and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Nov 02, 2020
Change Your Life For The Long Haul | HSM 455
54:55
In episode 455 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Mark from Zarate Fitness (you can check out his site HERE and his podcast HERE) about why you need to change your life for the long haul and how to identify the struggles and pitfalls of weight loss why deadlines can negate all the things you learn how he struggled with weighing two-hundred and fifty pounds why it is important to know some discomfort is required and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Oct 26, 2020
Why Restricting Treats and Desserts Hurts Weight Loss | HSM 454
41:15
In episode 454 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kim about why restricting treats and desserts hurts weight loss and how she gained weight and lost the same weight for 40 years why she struggles with guilt about taking care of herself what her plan to improve moving forward will be and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Oct 19, 2020
Why Being Kinder To Yourself Can Help You Lose Weight| HSM 453
59:27
In episode 453 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Joy about why being kinder to yourself can help you lose weight and why it's important to create a program that works for you how she focused on being persistent vs. consistent what she did to maintain her 75-pound weight loss after the age of 50 and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Oct 12, 2020
How To Eat Healthy And Include Treats You Love | HSM 452
39:20
In episode 452 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Naomi about how to eat healthy and include the treats you love and what she’s realized since having gastric bypass in 2019  why she has a hard time sticking to her meal plan what to do when she goes out to eat on weekends why it’s important to have maintenance days and deficit days and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Oct 05, 2020
How Do I Maintain Weight When I’m Busy With A Family? | HSM 451
42:30
In episode 451 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Ivy about how to maintain weight when you're busy with a family and   how to overcome weight loss struggles what are the benefits of meal planning cards what she can do to revamp her meals and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Sep 28, 2020
Learn How Birth Control Can Affect Weight Loss and Athletic Performance With Lyle Macdonald | HSM 450
1:18:34
In episode 450 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Lyle MacDonald about how birth control can affect weight loss and athletic performance and why synthetic estrogen does not act the same as regular estrogen how low dose estrogen can keep weight down what the impact of birth control is on athletic performance how running affects bone marrow density and much more! You can learn more about Lyle here and pick up his books here. Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Sep 21, 2020
Why Tracking Consistency Is More Important Than Accuracy | HSM 449
1:00:31
In episode 449 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Shannon about why tracking consistency is more important than accuracy and how long she’s struggled with weight maintenance what are her mental struggles around weight maintenance  how she’s maintained with various calorie ranges and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Sep 14, 2020
Why It’s A Privilege To Maintain Your Weight | HSM 448
41:14
In episode 448 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Linda about why it’s a privilege to maintain your weight and how she’s maintained her weight for 10 months why she loves to exercise and how it impacts her weight how to reframe the way she thinks as a  maintainer  how she’s learning acceptance  and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Sep 07, 2020
Why it’s never too late to start | HSM 447
48:10
In episode 447 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Karolyn about why it’s never too late to start and why her process is now working what were the things that kept her stuck  why you need to prioritize your health how she learned to have treats in her journey why she struggled with no balance in her life  why she should have gotten into a support group  and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Aug 31, 2020
How You Can Take Responsibility For Your Own Health | HSM 446
50:10
In episode 446 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Sarah about how you can take responsibility for your own health and how she went from a non-active to an active lifestyle why she fears losing mobility how to spot the signs of depression in loved ones or in yourself and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Aug 24, 2020
Setting Up Boundaries With Well-Meaning Family And Friends | HSM 445
43:51
In episode 445 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather answers VIP questions and then talks with Tessa about setting up boundaries with well-meaning family and friends and how she's maintained her 50-pound weight loss how to best manage weight during a pregnancy and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Aug 17, 2020
Letting Go Of The Guilt And Eating The Things You Enjoy | HSM 444
43:09
In episode 444 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather answers VIP questions and talks with Ruth about letting go of the guilt and eating the things you enjoy and why eating late seems so counterproductive and what she's struggles with while working a non-traditional job why she chose the drive-through when coming back from school  why weight loss is her ultimate goal why she wants permission to eat late at night and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Aug 10, 2020
How To Set Yourself Up For Weight Loss Success | HSM 443
49:45
In episode 443 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Corli about how to set yourself up for weight loss success and why she gained weight in high school how old she was when she started dieting why it's important to learn a healthy lifestyle and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Aug 03, 2020
Why You Should Refuse To Quit On Yourself | HSM 442
48:29
In episode 442 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Corina about why you should refuse to quit on yourself and how to avoid the traps that can cause you to quit how she lost 60 pounds and then gained it back  what she could use as an alternative to WW what mindset and tracking techniques that will help her successful lose, and keep off, the weight and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jul 27, 2020
What To Do When Feeling Anxious About Food | HSM 441
58:30
In episode 441 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Megan about what to do when feeling anxious about food  and how to deal with obsessive food thoughts how to deal with special event eating stress how to save some calories each day for events and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jul 20, 2020
Why You Must Keep Trying And Not Give Up | HSM 440
51:18
In episode 440 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Janene about why you must keep trying and not give up on yourself and how she started becoming self-aware of her body why she put on a lot of weight in pregnancy why it took a long time to lose the weight -  what made her start thinking about her health why you need to make a program your own and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jul 13, 2020
How To Pre-Track Restaurant Food and Finding “Green Light” Restaurants | HSM 439
43:25
In episode 439 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Sara about how to pre-track restaurant food so you won't worry about what you'll eat and how to find "green light" restaurants how she lost 80 pounds, but then gained 50 back what caused her to slowly gain over summer vacation why she doesn't want to cook when she gets home from work  what is causing her to struggle with eating out most days why she needs to have more fun eating meals out once or twice a week and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jul 06, 2020
Why You Need To Focus On Consistency | HSM 438
44:51
In episode 438 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with guest Sonja about why you need to focus on consistency and why it's hard to do the actions to get the weight off  what she discovered as her big why   why she thinks she has a problem with sugar how she can increase her protein and fiber why she's not eating well during the day and sabotaging at night and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jun 29, 2020
How To Set Boundaries Around Food And Family | HSM 437
34:45
In episode 437 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kris about how to set boundaries around food and how she can overcome her struggle with people-pleasing what to do when her family wants to go out to dinner but she doesn't why she doesn't make the choices that help her  how she is going to tell her family she will cook and prepare her own meals why she wants to be in the best shape before an upcoming surgery  and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jun 22, 2020
Why What You Eat Is Key To Getting The Weight Back Off | HSM 436
40:01
In episode 436 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Katie about why what you eat is key to getting the weight back off and how she lost 55 pounds 8 years ago what happened when she became an emergency room nurse why her nursing schedule is affecting her weight loss how to handle planning, shopping, and food preparation when to schedule doing exercise like lifting and running and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jun 15, 2020
Why It’s Important To Connect With Honesty About Weight Loss (With Amanda Valentine of the Pound This podcast)
52:24
In episode 435 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with podcaster Amanda Valentine (find her show here and follow her on Instagram here) about why it's important to connect with honesty about weight loss and what she learned from multiple attempts at weight loss  how to make the best decision for yourself why dieting led to binge eating  why she didn't force herself to go to the gym how to overcome the struggle with a lifetime of weight loss thoughts how she used her podcast as a way to share her struggles  and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jun 08, 2020
Why Knowing Your Minimums And Preferred Behaviors Can Help With Stress | HSM 434
47:25
In episode 434 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Rosalie about why knowing your minimums and preferred behaviors can help with stress and why it's important to stick to maintenance calories during holidays when is it the best time to start taking a calorie deficit again how to start pre-tracking treats and meals what can help determine your high and low-calorie days how learning boundaries could help her and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jun 01, 2020
Why You Should Focus On Finding Your Maintenance Calories | HSM 433
58:48
In episode 433 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Linda about why you should focus on finding your maintenance calories and why she's sick of not being active how she lost 80 pounds in 16 months how to develop the right mindset why she thinks the weight came back how she's cutting back on meals out and learning to track her food and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
May 25, 2020
Why it’s important to let go of ego and get support to keep the weight off | HSM 432
42:49
In episode 432 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with HSM Community member Norma about why it's important to let go of ego and get support to keep the weight off and why eating meals out can lead to weight gain what you can do to help college students avoid weight gain how to teach kids to cook, meal plan, and order out in a healthy way how to prepare kids for eating in college what curiosity allowed her to learn about herself and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
May 18, 2020
Why It’s Better To Maintain Weight During COVID-19 Pandemic Instead Of Losing Weight
50:37
In episode 431 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Deseray about why it's better to maintain weight during COVID-19 pandemic instead of losing weight and why she's not sure if she should keep losing more weight how she lost 30 pounds in 3 years why she wants to get down to 145 what are the real reasons she wants to lose weight a strong how to develop a stronger why for weight loss and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
May 11, 2020
Lose Weight By Changing The Food On Your Plate
37:09
In episode 430 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Lena about how she could lose weight by changing the food on her plate and why she struggles with tracking how many snacks she is eating each day how she can make a plan to reduce snacking and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
May 04, 2020
How To Make More Time For Exercise And Self-Care
45:48
In episode 429 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Bonnie about how to make more time for exercise and self-care why it's important to approach weight loss while leading by example how to set boundaries with her kids why a certain meal planning technique is a game-changer and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Apr 27, 2020
Why Fear-Based Motivation Doesn’t Work
36:10
In episode 428 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Ashley about why fear-based motivation doesn't work and why you need to do this in moderation why you cannot change overnight how to deal with all the things going on in the world how to identify when a process or practice isn't serving us how to do meal planning with daily treats and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join Get your Escape The Food Prison Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=6  Use coupon code 30OFFAPR20 at checkout to get 30% off! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Apr 20, 2020
Struggling To Master Maintenance And Teleworking During COVID-19 Lockdown
34:08
In episode 427 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Melissa about why she's struggling to master maintenance how to deal with teleworking during COVID-19 lockdown how to deal with isolation  what mastering maintenance should look like hot to deal with gaining and losing the same three pounds and more!   Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join Get your FREE "Survive and Thrive: A Resource Guide To Help Keep You Sane, Healthy, and Grateful During The Coronavirus Pandemic" HERE! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Apr 13, 2020
426. Mike Howard | How To Discover What “Best Way” Works For You
50:24
In episode 426 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with guest Mike Howard about why there is no one “best way,” but instead how to discover what "best way" works for you and how to “talk back” to so-called diet gurus why it’s important to work backward when setting goals what the addition mindset is and why it’s important how to simplify things that allow you to add more to your life how to set up your home environment for success how to not allow your brain to talk you out of taking action and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Apr 06, 2020
How To Stop The Binge Eating Cycle To Lose Weight
54:11
In episode 425 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Valerie about how to stop the binge eating cycle to lose weight why she struggles with wanting to lose 20-25 pounds how restricting leads to binge eating why she stopped going to WW how to normalize your relationship with food and treats and more! Do you want to get support and connection at a price you can afford? Then check out the Half Size Me Community here: https://halfsizeme.com/join Get your Escape the Food Prison Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=6 Use coupon code 30OFFAPR20 at checkout to get 30% off! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Mar 30, 2020
Why It’s Important To Focus On Actions, Not Outcomes With Tanya Shaw
1:05:26
In episode 424 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with returning guest Tanja Shaw about how to avoid the extremes of restrictive eating and overeating why some people focus on weight loss why it's important to focus on actions, not outcomes hot to not get trapped in the diet cycle why self-trust is required for health and weight how to find your nurturing voice why small consistent habits can rewire the brain how to learn to accept and love the little things why you should focus on your life with the end in mind and more! Learn more about Tanja Shaw here: https://www.tanjashaw.com Are you ready to get the help you need? Then go here now to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Mar 23, 2020
How You Can Focus On Finding Your Maintenance Calories | Half Size Me
50:38
In episode 423 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares her recent experience in New York City and what happened when her son was rushed to the hospital and tested for COVID-19 (Coronavirus). She also talks with Nancy about how she lost 75 pounds but then gained 10 back why her goal is to not gain more how she can maintain her weight what she finds triggering how she will focus on finding her maintenance calories  why she is letting go of losing the last 10 pounds focusing for and more! Are you ready to get the help AND the support you need? To learn more about the HSM Community, CLICK HERE: https://halfsizeme.com/join Use code HSMC40OFF at checkout to get 40% off your first month in the HSM Community! Or use code HSMC20OFF at checkout to get 20% off a three-month membership in the HSM Community! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Mar 16, 2020
Dulce Lost 100 Pounds And Discovered “Fast” Weight Loss Is Not So Fast | Half Size Me
51:15
In episode 422 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Dulce, who lost 100 pounds, about why "fast" weight loss is not so fast how she had her wake up call about her weight how she learned she was not eating enough why it took her five months to find her maintenance calories how she is finding her way back to a deficit to finish losing weight what are the many gifts she's discovered during her journey and more! Are you ready to get the help you need? Then go here now to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Mar 09, 2020
Ask Coach Heather: Why Am I Struggling With Defining Maintenance? | Half Size Me
45:12
In episode 421 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Donna about why she is struggling with defining maintenance for herself why traveling a lot causes her to struggle with eating away from home what she can do to clarify what maintenance looks like on the scale and in her behaviors how she can find her maintenance calories and more! Are you ready to get the help you need? Then go here now to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Mar 02, 2020
Ask Coach Heather: Why Am I Struggling With “On and Off” Dieting? | Half Size Me
52:00
In episode 420 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Lynsey about why she is struggling with "on and off" dieting what she struggles with when she feels she is eating well why she eats over her calories how many years she spent trying to lose weight fast how she can create a 3-year plan to lose weight slowly why it's important to eat at maintenance calories or a deficit what she needs to reduce to help her lose weight and more! Get your Master Your Calories Teaching Toolkit here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=8 Use coupon code FEB20OFF at checkout to get 20% off! Do you want to start working on a NEW way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Feb 24, 2020
How Truck Driver Grace Lost Weight While Being Kinder To Herself
36:05
In episode 419 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Grace about how to be kinder to yourself while losing weight and how growing up in a large family affected her what her husband did when they got married why exercising to lose weight but not changing eating habits does not work what happened after she had two children why she felt tracking calories was stressful what her life is like as a female truck driver what she wishes she could go back and tell herself and more! Want to start working on a NEW way to approach weight loss? One where YOU create the program that works best for YOU? Go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Feb 17, 2020
Why One Indulgent Meal Per Day Can Help You During Holidays or Vacations | Half Size Me
39:11
In episode 418 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Sami about why she is struggling with eating during her holiday week why eating one indulgent and two regular meals per day can help why an air fryer could help her and more! Do you want to start working on a NEW way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Feb 10, 2020
Is “Dieting Down” For An Event Ever A Good Idea?
47:13
In episode 417 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Dakota about why he wants to lose weight how he's doing after submitting a question regarding "dieting down" how he is going to work on tracking at a higher calorie target and planning for weekends why it's important to pre-track treats and more! Get your Escape The Food Prison Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=6 Use coupon code 15OFFFEB20 at checkout to get 15% off! Do you want to start working on a NEW way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Feb 03, 2020
Why Making Connections Is Important For Your Health
36:50
In episode 416 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Heidi about why making connections is important for your health how to find new, fun activities to do when family visits when instead of using food why she's struggled with her weight for a long time and more! Get your End Emotional Eating Toolkit here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=9 Use coupon code EEE2020 at checkout to get 15% off! Do you want to start working on a NEW way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jan 27, 2020
Why It’s Important to Practice Before Going Out To Eat
37:42
In episode 415 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Cami about how she gained weight after following a commercial weight loss plan why she needs to eat at maintenance calories for two weeks how she plans to eat with her family at restaurants why it's important to practice by picking meals ahead of time what her concerns are about her daughter's body image and more! Get your Fight The Weight Gain Teaching Toolkit here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=10 Use coupon code FTWG15 at checkout to get 15% off! Do you want to start working on a NEW way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jan 20, 2020
Why You Should NOT Gear Up For Weight Loss This Year
49:49
In episode 414 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Ann about why she needs to focus on slow habit change to lose weight and not "gear up" for weight loss and what she can do to stop binge eating why she feels resistant to anything that looks like a diet when she will make her meal plan to prepare for the week why she will ask herself what she is willing to change and more! Get your Stop Dieting, Start Losing Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=7 Use coupon code 15OFFJAN20 at checkout to get 15% off your coaching cast today! Do you want to start working on a NEW way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! The Half Size Me Show is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds over a period of about 5 years. Heather did it learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. On her popular weekly podcast, The Half Size Me Show, Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to subscribe to The Half Size Me Show and join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, coaching, and conversations with REAL people who've learned weight loss isn't only about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jan 13, 2020
Half Size Me: How To Stop Eating Too Much At Night
36:01
In episode 413 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Corrie about why she's struggled extreme dieting what types of workouts she loves the most what she's doing to help her stop eating too much at night and more! Get your Escape The Food Prison Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=6 Use coupon code 15OFFJAN20 at checkout to get 15% off! Do you want to start working on a way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join Use coupon code 15OFFJAN20 at checkout to get 15% off! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jan 06, 2020
You Don’t Need to Lose Weight Before Getting What You Want
1:04:45
In episode 412 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Sonja about why you don't need to lose weight before getting what you want and why she started dieting drinking Diet Tab soda at age 11 how she went from cleanses to all different kinds of diets what is unfair about metabolism  how to get beyond the bad habits why it's so important to hold yourself accountable what it means to be 48 years old and starting a new journey and more!   Do you want to start working on a way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Dec 30, 2019
How To Identify Your Diet Cycle Triggers
47:38
In episode 411 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares with you her webinar on breaking the diet cycle. She talks about how to identify your diet cycle triggers how to lose weight by focusing on your habits why you won't stick with extreme diets what the $2 diet is and how it works how to lose weight in 2020 differently than you have in the past and more! Get your Stop Dieting, Start Losing Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=7 Use coupon code 15OFFDEC19 at checkout to get 15% off! Do you want to start working on a way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Dec 23, 2019
How To Lose Weight Without Counting Calories
56:27
In episode 410 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather answers listeners questions and then has a coaching call with Jennifer about how to lose weight without counting calories and why she thought had everything down with her habits and weight, but then regained  where she can find the time to do meal planning  what she will add into her weekly routine when she wants to get treats what trick  will help add more veggies to her dinner what tips she can use to overcome her struggle with binge eating and more! Get your Stop Dieting, Start Losing Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=7 Use coupon code 15OFFDEC19 at checkout to get 15% off! Do you want to start working on a way to approach weight loss where you create the program that works best for YOU? Then go here to learn more: https://halfsizeme.com/join Use coupon code 15OFFDEC19 at checkout to get 15% off! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Dec 16, 2019
Why “Healthy” Snacks Can Derail Your Goals
42:06
In episode 409 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather answers listeners' questions about weight loss and she talks with her guest, Kelly, about why eating "healthy" snacks are derailing her goals how delaying gratification will help her what is causing her to gain back the weight she lost how single servings of Cheez-Its will help her lose weight how to pre-track the food she really wants to eat and more! Get your Escape the Food Prison Coaching Cast here: https://halfsizeme.com/etfp And get 25% off at checkout when you use promo code: ETFPDEC19 Use coupon code ETFPDEC2019 at checkout for 25% off! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Dec 09, 2019
The Half Size Me Manifesto and Normalizing Treats
35:43
In episode 408 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares her Half Size Me Manifesto and explains what Half Size Me is and what it is not. She also talks with guest Valerie about how to develop skills to overcome binge eating why we all need to normalize "treats" and more!       Get your Escape The Food Prison Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=6 And use coupon code ETFP1119 at checkout for 30% off! Get on the Half Size Me Program + Community Support Waiting List here: https://halfsizeme.com/join Get on the list for a BIG DISCOUNT when we open in December! Use coupon code ETFP1119 at checkout for 30% off! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Dec 02, 2019
How To Deal With Emotional Eating During The Holidays
52:28
In episode 407 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares a webinar she did about emotional eating during the holidays and how you can overcome it. She also talked about how to have the treats you want during the holidays why feeling guilty about what you eat isn't serving you how you can strategize to overcome emotional eating and more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Nov 25, 2019
Why Self-Love Can Help With Your Health And Weight Loss
53:10
Learn why self-love can help with your health and weight loss in episode 406 of The Half Size Me™ Show as Heather answers listener questions and then talks with special guest Cecilia about how self-love has helped her get healthier and work on weight loss how she plans on losing weight for her upcoming wedding  what eating disorder she's struggled with in the past what technique she can use to stay on top of her meal planning and grocery shopping  why she feels she can make these changes and stick with them to help with weight loss and more! Learn more about the benefits of the HSM Program and Support Community membership here: https://halfsizeme.com/join Get your Stop Dieting and Start Losing Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=7# Use promo code SDSL20 to get 20% off at checkout! Use promo code SDSL20 to get 20% off at checkout! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Nov 18, 2019
How Weight Loss Honesty Helped Kira Lose 115 Pounds
51:05
In episode 405 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Kira about how weight loss honesty helped her lose 115 pounds and how she dealt with family members making comments about her weight what to do when losing weight while taking care of an ill family member why she had to learn that weight loss honesty was key to making progress how she learned to catch herself as she slowly gained weight and more!   Want to learn what the HSM Program is all about? Go here: https://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast about changing your mindset around weight loss. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or have struggled with weight loss for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost 170 pounds and has maintained her weight loss range since 2012. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. She shares her own weight loss lessons and struggles with you and shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Nov 11, 2019
Half Size Me: What You Can Do To Find Your Maintenance Calories
48:07
In episode 404 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Nora about how she became 10 pounds heavier in the last 2 years why she can eat more now than when she first had bariatric surgery how she found her maintenance calories what she can do to reduce her calories to bring her weight back down and more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members! Get your teaching toolkit of Fight The Weight Gain! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Nov 04, 2019
Half Size Me: What Is Heather's Secret Struggle? PLUS How To Avoid Getting Tricked By The Treats
51:59
In episode 403  of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares her personal weight loss update (including what she's been struggling with), plus you'll get to listen to a replay of a live webinar she recorded about how to avoid getting tricked by treats this Halloween. You'll also learn about how to delay gratification and why it can pay off in a big way strategically have treats every day without losing control gain control over your trigger foods so they no longer overwhelm you transform your holiday season so it works for you, not against you and much, much more! Get the ESCAPE THE FOOD PRISON Coaching Cast here: https://halfsizeme.com/escape If you purchase it before midnight on Halloween and use PROMO CODE: ETFP30 at checkout, you'll get 30% off! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Oct 28, 2019
Half Size Me: Why New Teachers Struggle With Their Weight
55:39
In episode 402 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks with Katie about why new teachers struggle with gaining weight and what teachers receive that leads to weight gain what her tips for first-year teachers are to help keep the focus on health how teachers can put in boundaries around their time why she gained 10 pounds of weight per year how international teaching looks different than teaching in the USA what changes led to her losing 35 pounds in a year why joining Half Size Me Program has helped her learn to maintain what she finds to be the hardest part of maintenance and more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Oct 21, 2019
Half Size Me: Making A Better Plan When You’re Struggling With Weight Loss
52:42
In episode 401  of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather works with Nancy on how to make a better plan when struggling with weight loss and why she has joined WW over 5 times lost the weight and gained it back why she is struggling with the weekends and over eating how she gained 20 pounds over the last year how to lose the weight and keep it off what plan she needs to follow to maintain why she now has a better plan for weekend  how to budget her calories on the weekend and more!   Need help with mastering your calories? Then checkout the Master Your Calories Teaching Toolkit here: https://halfsizeme.com/calories Want to know how to fight the weight (re)gain? Then checkout the Fight The Weight Gain Teaching Toolkit here: https://halfsizeme.com/fight JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Oct 14, 2019
Half Size Me: How To Stay Active As You Get Older (and It’s EPISODE 400!)
59:07
In EPISODE 400 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Beverly about how going to a TOPS meeting in 6th grade affected her why she ate for entertainment after getting married how she helped herself with weight lifting, a supportive environment, and finding things she liked to eat and enjoy how she lost 60 pounds in her 50s and 60s how to stay more active as she's gotten older and more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Oct 07, 2019
Half Size Me: Why You Need To Focus On Maintaining
47:36
In episode 399  of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather answers listener questions. And Heather also talks with her guest Sandra about how she lost 30 pounds how she’s dealt with binge eating issues why she needs to focus on maintaining how she’s learning to enjoy the foods she‘s missed for the last 1 - 2 years and more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Sep 30, 2019
Half Size Me: Healthy Parents Equal Healthy Families
1:14:34
In episode 398 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares her Parent Education Night - Healthy Parents = Healthy Families webinar with you. She covered a lot in this webinar, including how to break out of parent guilt and start taking action what the American Academy of Pediatrics recommends for children regarding weight issues how you can start to move yourself and your family towards healthier living what is a "normal" range of weight gain for a child going through puberty   and more! To get your free Healthy Parents = Healthy Families download go to https://halfsizeme.com/family Resources Parent-Shaming Is Changing The Way We Raise Children The Difference Between Shame and Guilt: A Guide for Parents’ Expectations Johns Hopkins: Your Child's Weight South Riding Pediatrics: Q&A with Our Doctors Physical Changes During Puberty Kids Health: Eating Disorders Kids Health: Overweight and Obesity AAP: Preventing Obesity and Eating Disorders in Adolescents About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Sep 23, 2019
Half Size Me: Why Changing Your Relationships Can Help You Reach Your Goals
1:00:09
In episode 397  of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather answers listener questions. Plus, she talks to her guest Shannon about why ending a co-dependent relationship was essential to her success and why she decided she needed to take action for herself and her daughter and how focusing on weekly weight loss helped her stay on track and how one year of maintenance has helped build up her confidence  and more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership. And get notified when we open again for new members! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast. It will inspire and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. Whether you're just getting started losing weight or having worked on your health and wellness for years, this show is for you! Half Size Me is hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds. Heather did it by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and changing her mindset. Heather shares her own lessons and struggles with you, and she shows you how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. Be sure to join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews. You'll hear from real people who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional. What worked for her or her guests may not work for you. Please talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Sep 16, 2019
Half Size Me: How To Find A Maintainable Weight By Focusing On Maintenance
53:52
In episode 396  of The Half Size Me™ Show it's an Ask Coach Heather Session and Heather answers listener questions talks to Marian about why she wants to lose weight this time with a better plan why she is concerned about not getting the praise of others how she can find a maintainable weight by focusing on maintenance and more! Get your copy of Escape The Food Prison Coaching Cast: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=6 Use promo code COACHCAST10 to get 10% off at checkout! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. Get your copy of Escape The Food Prison Coaching Cast. Use promo code COACHCAST10 to get 10% off at checkout! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Sep 09, 2019
Half Size Me: Why It’s So Important To Take Care Of Yourself
50:09
In episode 395  of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Christine about how to take care of yourself when you have a special needs child how the loss of a parent who was overweigth affected her how she has battled her issues with food why it's critical to take care of yourself and more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Sep 02, 2019
Half Size Me: 10 Reasons Why You Are Unable to Hit Your Calorie Deficit
1:03:03
In episode 394  of The Half Size Me™ Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 49), Heather shares a webinar she did with you where she talks about how to figure out your maintenance calories what are the 10 things that prevent you from hitting your calorie deficit why you need to plan out your weekend eating how to stop problematic eating (binge eating, night time eating, etc.) how to navigate eating during special events and holidays and more! Get your FREE downloadable PDF at https://halfsizeme.com/fblcalories JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Aug 26, 2019
Half Size Me: How To Overcome Obstacles And Find Yourself Again
46:15
In episode 393  of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Lisa about how compliments about being skinny impacted her self worth when she was young what she had to do to overcome an eating disorder how her eating disorder recovery gave her her life back how she finally got control over her binge eating and more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Aug 19, 2019
Half Size Me: How To Stop Night Time Overeating
36:24
In episode 392 of The Half Size Me™ Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 48), Heather talks to Deborah about how to stop nighttime overeating why she struggles with losing weight how she is going to plan in a 250 calorie snack what she's going to do to add variation to her food choices and more! Get your Escape The Food Prison Coaching Cast here: https://www.halfsizeme.com/?&SingleProduct=6 JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members.              Click the image to learn more! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Aug 12, 2019
Half Size Me: How To Care For Yourself While Recovering From An Injury
46:16
In episode 391  of The Half Size Me™ Show , Heather talks to Emily about why getting to her lowest weight did not make her feel good how she got control over her binge eating by changing what she ate  how to care for yourself while recovering from an injury why she stopped running and started strength training  and more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Aug 05, 2019
Half Size Me: Transform Your Travel and How It Affects Your Weight
57:20
In episode 390  of The Half Size Me™ Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 47), Heather talks to you about how to transform your travel and how it affects your weight what is the proper way to approach "dieting" while traveling what are helpful tips she uses to not gain weight while traveling and more! Get the Transform Your Travel Teaching Toolkit at https://halfsizeme.com/transform Get your FREE Travel-Friendly Foods guide to download at https://halfsizeme.com/travelfood JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jul 29, 2019
Half Size Me: Struggling To Find Balance With Treats, Wine, and Maintaining Your Weight
38:43
In episode 389 of The Half Size Me™ Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 46), Heather answers listener questions, gives an update on previous caller Teneile (episode 374), and talks to Meredith about why she has weight cycled between 140-165 and has since college why she is struggling to find balance with treats, wine, and maintaining weight why baking for others leads to eating more baked goods why she's deciding to bump her WW goal weight up and more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jul 22, 2019
Half Size Me: How To Feel Grateful For Your Body
40:03
In episode 388 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Michelle about why she realized she still needed to improve her habits after getting gastric bypass surgery what habits she wished she had incorporated before surgery how she learned to see how others viewed her body as opinions, not facts how she learned to feel gratitude for her body and appreciate its imperfections and more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jul 15, 2019
Half Size Me: How To Deal With Scarcity Around Food
44:47
In episode 387 of The Half Size Me™ Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 45), Heather talks to Adriana about what it's like living in maintenance for the past year what she does when she feels like she'll lose control and gain the weight back what she's doing to navigate changes in her life how to deal with scarcity around food and more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jul 08, 2019
Half Size Me: How Engaging With Community Helps With Getting And Staying Healthy
54:44
clone tag: 7249882021016997249 In episode 386 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Lauren about how she lost weight naturally while living in South Korea but gained it back how she uses the awesome point system as a way to reward her habits why she applied to be a moderator in the Half Size Me Community why engaging in the HSM Community helps with her own weight loss and mental health and more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jul 01, 2019
Half Size Me: How To Fight The Weight Gain
1:02:10
In episode 385 of The Half Size Me™ Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 44), Heather talks to you about how to fight the weight gain and what leads to weight regain why you should expect relapses in your habits what to do after a relapse how to go about things differently this time and more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jun 24, 2019
Half Size Me: Why Losing Weight Slowly Is Faster Than Losing Weight Quickly
47:00
In episode 384 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to DeDe about how she stopped the yo-yo diet cycle after 5 decades why the process of slow weight loss was "faster" than losing weight quickly how you can lose weight after going through menopause  what she realized she had to do to maintain her weight and more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jun 17, 2019
Half Size Me: How To Break Free From All Or Nothing Thinking
48:59
In episode 383 of The Half Size Me Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 43), Heather answers listener questions and talks to Amie about why meal planning 3 hours a day is not working for her how simple meal plans can lead to more accuracy and willingnesses to track food how to break free from "all or nothing" thinking  and more! Check out Refuse To Quit Again Coaching Cast! Resources Mentioned In This Episode Click the image above to learn more! Click the image above to learn more! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jun 10, 2019
Half Size Me: Taking A Slower Approach To Weight Loss As A Path To Success
51:25
In episode 382 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Dilma about how, as a scientist, she wades through all the diet information  why living in Brazil when she was young made her feel more pressure to lose weight what her 10-year-plan is to lose the last 20 pounds how she learned to take a slow weight loss approach and not allowing drama in her life and more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jun 03, 2019
Half Size Me: How To End Emotional Eating
45:52
In episode 381 (Ask Coach Heather 42) of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather shares her End Emotional Eating webinar with you as she talks about - why emotional eating can be a sign of avoiding pain or used as a way of creating a feeling of joy, - why emotional eating is really about self-judgment, - why the stories we tell ourselves matter, - and why we must be an advocate for our own needs. Go to: https://halfsizeme.com/hsm381 for the show notes of this episode. More Resources Shared In This Episode: ********** CLICK HERE: To Join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
May 27, 2019
Half Size Me: How To Stop Self-Sabotaging With Weight Lifting And Losing Weight
47:43
In episode 380 of The Half Size Me Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 41), Heather answers listener questions and talks with Joanie about how to become stronger and lift weights when you're in your 50s what are the two most important factors with strength training how to stop self-sabotaging when it comes to weight lifting and losing weight and more! Resource mentioned https://www.strong.app https://www.niashanks.com/two-day-strength-program/ About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
May 20, 2019
Half Size Me: The Importance of Setting Boundaries and Time Management
52:43
In episode 379 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jan about how she went from an overweight former athlete to a physical education teacher what helped her realize the importance of boundaries and time management what it took to stop trying to do it like everyone else and to start looking inward how she gained control over her food despite feeling rebellious about it since she was a kid and more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
May 13, 2019
Half Size Me: Getting Control Over Nighttime and Compulsive Eating
45:39
In episode 378 of The Half Size Me Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 40), Heather answers listener questions and talks with Rickie about why she's struggling with compulsive eating and nighttime eating how to get control over her nighttime eating when she's feeling anxious why unstructured time can cause you to make poor food choices and more! Get your coaching cast now! (Click the image below.) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
May 06, 2019
Half Size Me: How To Change Your Mind and Habits
47:12
In episode 377 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Connie about how she gained weight as a newlywed how her mind and habits have evolved how to revamp her favorite foods to enjoy them more often  and more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Apr 29, 2019
Half Size Me: Stop Dieting, Start Losing
38:21
In episode 376 of The Half Size Me Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 39), Heather shares with you her webinar, Stop Dieting, Start Losing, where she discusses why so many diet attempts fail what the yo-yo diet cycle is and how to avoid falling into it how to be honest with yourself about "fast" and "easy" weight loss programs and more! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Apr 22, 2019
Half Size Me: How To Turn Your Behavior Around And Become a Maintainer
39:01
In episode 375 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Inger about how learned she is emotionally stronger than she thought why she lost control and found herself binge eating how she is turning her behavior around and maintaining and more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Apr 15, 2019
Half Size Me: Losing Weight With Maintenance In Mind
47:12
In episode 374 of The Half Size Me Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 38), Heather answers several listener questions and talks with Teneile about self-sabotaging with treats planning in treats on purpose losing weight with maintenance in mind and more! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Apr 08, 2019
Half Size Me: Letting Go Of Control To Improve Your Mindset and Health
49:13
In episode 373 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Aline about why she had to let go of control to improve her mindset and health how she deals with the daily fight between the two voices in her head battling over the last 10 pounds how she learned that food is not the issue but rather the vehicle for the real problem she is facing and more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Apr 01, 2019
Half Size Me: How To Escape The Food Prison
42:08
In episode 372 of the Half Size Me™ Show (Ask Coach Heather Session 37), Heather shares with you her webinar on how to Escape the Food Prison. You'll learn what the different types of food prisons you might be stuck in are what different techniques you can use right now to break free from those food prisons how to begin having treats in a responsible way how to establish your food foundation to support a healthy lifestyle and more About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Mar 25, 2019
Half Size Me: How To Restart Again After Years Of Yo-Yo Dieting
48:12
In episode 371 of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Carrie about why maintenance was not in her vocabulary how to restart again after years of yo-yo dieting how cheese and dessert helped her find her maintainable weight and more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Mar 18, 2019
Half Size Me: Struggling With All Or Nothing Thinking Around Losing Weight
50:31
In episode 370 of The Half Size Me Show, it's an Ask Coach Heather Session and Heather answers listener questions. She also talks to guest Kendra about struggling with all or nothing thinking around socializing and losing weight creating a plan so she can move forward with her goals and still have fun handling how to eat at work events so she can be successful and more! About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Mar 11, 2019
Half Size Me: Stop Looking for Quick Weight Loss and Fast Results
40:33
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Mary about why age is not a factor because losing weight it is more about consistency why those in the caring professions, like nurses, need to focus on their own health and care to be able to help others how she learned to finally settle down and not look for quick weight loss and fast results and more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Mar 04, 2019
368 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather 035 – How To Streamline Your Approach To Achieve Your Goals
48:48
In this Half Size Me Show Ask Coach Heather Session, Heather answers listener questions and talks with Nacie about how to overcome a plateau when you're almost to your goal weight what things she can focus on to help her get the scale to move how to streamline her approach to achieve her goals and more! The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Feb 25, 2019
367 – Half Size Me: How to Make Changes That Help You and Your Family
47:53
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Half Size Me Community member Thom about why he is focusing on maintenance during his weight loss journey how he implements sustainable change into his plan how these changes are improving not only his life but his wife's as well and more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Feb 18, 2019
366 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather 034 – How To Accept Compliments Without Self-sabotaging
52:42
In this Half Size Me Show Ask Coach Heather Session, Heather answers listener questions and talks with Lorraine about how to plan and track food you don’t cook for yourselfwork on getting your partner on your weight loss teamfind maintenance calories on Weight Watchersaccept compliments without self-sabotagingand more! The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Feb 11, 2019
365 – Half Size Me: Why Happiness Needs To Be Your Guide When Finding A Maintainable Weight
56:54
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Don about why losing weight won't make you happy but instead can open up opportunities for you to explore happinessletting go of control and learning to adapt are lessons he has learned during weight maintenancegaining back some weight while having major life change is normal happiness needs to be your guide when finding a maintainable weight and more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Feb 04, 2019
364 – Half Size Me: Meal Planning Made Simple – How You Can Still Eat The Food You Love And Lose Weight!
44:37
In this Half Size Me Show, Heather shares a recent webinar where she presented on the topic of meal planning made simple. She covered many of the aspects of meal planning people struggle with (and how to solve them), including showing you what type of meal planner you arewhy we struggle with meal planning consistently how eating frozen pizza and take out food led to a 30-pound weight loss how you can still eat the food you love and lose weightand more! CLICK HERE to get the Meal Planning Made Simple Audio Course! The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jan 28, 2019
363 – Half Size Me: How To Prioritize Time For Yourself (Ask Coach Heather Session 33)
40:22
In this Half Size Me Show Ask Coach Heather Session, Heather talks with Charlene about what to do regarding weight regain during a divorce how to deal with the struggle of not having clothes that fithow to prioritize time for herself while advocating for her children with special needshow to overcome emotional night eating You will also get to hear about a listener's email regarding how Heather determines her weight maintenance calculationsHeather's 7-year anniversary of losing her weightand more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. Resources to check out regarding mean, range and rounding weight fluctuation: https://www.healthline.com/health/weight-fluctuation https://betterexplained.com/articles/how-to-analyze-data-using-the-average/ https://www.thoughtco.com/what-is-the-range-in-statistics-3126248 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roundinghttps://www.mathsisfun.com/rounding-numbers.html https://www.statisticshowto.datasciencecentral.com/significant-digits-rounding-statistics/ About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jan 21, 2019
362 – Half Size Me: Silencing Your Inner Critic With Robin
57:01
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Robin about why she reached out to Heather for help two-and-a-half years agowhy investing in 20 years of weight loss led to her gaining 90 poundshow she has learned to silence her inner critic toand more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jan 14, 2019
361 – Half Size Me: How to Lose The Weight You’ve Regained (Ask Coach Heather Session 032)
41:42
In this Half Size Me Show, Heather works with Leslie, working with her on  what to do when you've maintained weight loss for a year and then gain it backhow to lose the weight you've regainedhow perimenopause impacts long-term weight maintenancehow to go from tracking weight watchers points to counting caloriesand more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jan 07, 2019
360 – Half Size Me: Learning To Let Get Go With Radhika
1:02:56
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Radhika about why trying to be smaller her whole life has kept her unhappy how she realized her goal weight was not her final destination how she stopped acting like a robot and learned to let go of what she thought she should be and more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Dec 31, 2018
359 – Half Size Me: Setting Food Boundaries With Megan
53:30
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Megan about why she's never had a problem with binge eating and secret eatingwhat she's done to set food boundaries while traveling and how it's helped herhow she lost weight while traveling for work 50% to 80% of the timeand more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Dec 23, 2018
358 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather Session 31
43:11
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather talks to you about what triggers to watch for so you don't start the diet cyclewhat are the phases of the diet cyclehow to be prepared for the diet season (so you don't fall victim again)and more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go to: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Dec 17, 2018
357 – Half Size Me: Changing Your Mindset Around Weight Loss With Jaime
38:28
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jaime about what she would recommend to her younger self about meditation and therapywhy she realizes the importance of changing mindset around weight loss how she handles emotional eating triggers differently nowand more! JOIN The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list! Learn more about the benefits of community membership and get notified when we open again for new members. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Dec 10, 2018
356 – Half Size Me: Overcoming People Pleasing With Michelle
42:26
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Michelle about how she worked on overcoming people pleasingwhat she realized was a trigger to binge eat how her weight management journey began and what she is doing to maintain her weight To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Dec 03, 2018
355 – Half Size Me: How To Let Go Of The “Shoulds” In Your Life With Chrissy
47:34
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Chrissy about how to let go of the "shoulds" in your lifehow to stop comparing your body to otherswhy balance in your life is key to finding a weight you can sustainand more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Nov 26, 2018
354 – Half Size Me: Why There’s No “Getting It Right” Just “Keep Going” With Ilene
59:23
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Ilene about why letting go of perfection while on this journey is beneficialwhat she’s discovered is helpful when battling binge eatingwhy there's no "getting it right" just "keep going"and more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Nov 19, 2018
353 – Half Size Me: Pushing Past A 6-Month Plateau With Rebecca
52:55
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Rebecca about how she pushed past a 6-month plateauhow she changed her mindset to allow herself to stay consistentwhy she has to be careful of the stories she tells herselfwhy she views the HSM community as counterculture because of its message regarding weight loss, maintenance and self-love To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Nov 12, 2018
352 – Half Size Me: Living An Active And Fulfilling Life With Jane
45:20
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jane about how she lost 115 pounds and reduced her medicine and A1C levelswhat she finally needed to do live an active and fulfilling lifewhy she had to have healthy habits to succeed after having  weight loss surgeryand more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Nov 05, 2018
351 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather 030
41:26
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show™, Ask Coach Heather Edition, Heather answers listener questions to you about how to make peace with eating 1200 calories a day because you have a lower than average TDEE what to do during your menstrual cycle to avoid self-sabotage how to not be fearful of the question "are you willing to do this for the rest of your life?" how do you know if you're hiring the right coach and more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Oct 29, 2018
350 – Half Size Me: Interview with Dr. Yoni Freedhoff, Author of The Diet Fix
56:20
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Dr. Freedhoff about how you need to address the topic of weight with your doctorswhat behaviors lead to long-term weight managementhow we can help kids with weight-related issues To find out more about Dr. Freedhoff, click here. To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Oct 22, 2018
349 – Half Size Me: Finding Your Motivation To Eat Well and Exercise With Dorothy
1:02:34
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Dorothy about what she had to let go of to find a healthy-eating balance she could live with why we struggle with how others view our bodies, not from an inward, but an outward gaze why she had to focus on her health to motivate her to eat well and exercise and more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Oct 15, 2018
348 – Half Size Me: How To Feel Satisfied And Still Make Progress
46:28
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Chris about why she warns us to avoid extreme diets based on what she's witnessed over the years why she views losing weight in your 60s as a bonus how you can enjoy the process, feel satisfied, and still want to make progress and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Oct 08, 2018
347 – Half Size Me: Focus On Sustainable Habit Changes With Kelly
48:39
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Kelly about why she chose to focus on sustainable habit changes instead of rushing her weight loss why using extrinsic motivators like gifts, money, and prizes can create problems with weight loss how she got off blood pressure medication and got to a normal A1 C level and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Oct 01, 2018
346 – Half Size Me: Giving Yourself Permission To Be Happy
45:34
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Alissa about how she had to double her protein and start lifting weights to get to her goal weight and see her body change how she had to give herself permission to be happy with her weight and not continue to pursue more weight loss how her mindset has changed about the process of losing weight and keeping it off by being kinder to herself and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Sep 24, 2018
345 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather 029 – How To Start Liking Your Body As It Is Today
32:59
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show™, Ask Coach Heather Edition, Heather talks to you about how to let go of binary choices and start liking your body as it is today, not only when you hit a certain weight goal why learning to appreciate your body needs to start from a place of neutrality why you don’t have to abandon our health goals to love your body why you do not have to be filled with self-loathing to be motivated to exercise and eat less how we can begin to learn how to have a better relationship with our body and still bring positive changes into our lives and more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Sep 17, 2018
344 – Half Size Me: Is Building Muscle Possible As We Age?
57:17
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Susan about how to kick Mother Nature in the butt if you want to be healthy and strong in the second half of your life how to view fat and weight loss differently after years of focusing on the scale why building muscle is possible as we age and much more! Go here to learn more about Susan. To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Sep 10, 2018
343 – Half Size Me: Finding A Weight That Allows You To Live A More Satisfied Life
53:47
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Auntie Peg about how she learned losing weight would not bring her happiness in other areas of her life how she found a weight that allowed her to live a more satisfied life what she realized was the missing piece of her weight loss puzzle and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Sep 03, 2018
342 – Half Size Me: How Eating Healthier Helps With Depression
52:29
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Lindsey about how eating healthier helps with depression what her first key to weight loss was what were the steps she used to gain control over binge eating and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Aug 27, 2018
341 – Half Size Me: Take A Time Out From Losing Weight With Jamie
53:37
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jamie about what caused her to gain back the weight after losing it why she has chosen to take a time out from losing weight to focus on the mental side of weight loss what two foods she will not give up to reach her goal and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Aug 20, 2018
340 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather 028 – 6 Tips For Dealing With Weight Regain After Weight Loss
34:05
In this episode of The Half Size Me Show™, Ask Coach Heather Edition, Heather talks about her 6 tips on what to do if you've regained weight you've already lost. To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Aug 13, 2018
339 – Half Size Me: How To Make Peace With the Process With Kristen
57:20
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Kristen about why she had to gain weight to learn how to lose and keep it off how she learned to accept she'll always have to work at maintaining her weight how she's made peace with the process and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Aug 06, 2018
338 – Half Size Me: How Theresa Changed Her Mindset To Lose 110 Pounds
45:18
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Theresa about why she did not focus on weight loss for the first several weeks of her journey and instead focused on her healthy habits how she changed her mindset around her weight loss to lose 110 pounds why she joined the Half Size Me Community to help her navigate her weight maintenance journey and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to the real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jul 30, 2018
337 – Half Size Me: Traveling and Maintaining Your Weight With Katie
40:21
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Katie about what she wished she'd known about the side effects of using HCG after losing the weight how she lost 43 pounds using a more loving approach and not assigning a deadline how she travels and maintains her weight and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jul 23, 2018
336 – Half Size Me: Creating Healthy Guidelines With Food Instead of Harsh Rules With Eileen
48:27
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Eileen about why she had to set relationship boundaries before she could focus on her weight loss journey how she created healthy guidelines with food instead of harsh rules how she went from high blood pressure and hypertensive crisis to a healthy blood pressure after losing 80 pounds and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jul 16, 2018
335 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather 027 – Listener Questions!
41:54
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Ask Coach Heather Edition, Heather answers listener questions about how to help a teenager feel empowered and positive after gaining weight how to deal with backhanded compliments how to know if the HSM community is right for you and more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources https://www.webmd.com/add-adhd/childhood-adhd/news/20140317/adhd-drugs-linked-to-later-weight-gain-in-kids#1 https://www.reuters.com/article/us-adhd-medications/adhd-medications-tied-to-teenage-weight-gain-idUSBREA2H1HD20140318 Strength training https://www.livestrong.com/article/104763-weighttraining-exercises-15yearolds/ https://teens.webmd.com/strength-training-tips#1 https://www.muscleforlife.com/teen-weightlifting/ https://www.building-muscle101.com/weight-training-routine-for-teens.html http://www.safefood.eu/Healthy-Eating/Food-Diet/Life-Stages/Teens/Fuelling-your-sport.aspx About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jul 09, 2018
334 – Half Size Me: How To Stop Gaming The Diet System With Racheal
53:46
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Rachael about how she learned to stop gaming the diet system and focus on permanent habit change how she learned she is capable of doing things she once thought were impossible why she chose to remove a lot of negativity and noise from her Facebook feed and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professionals when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jul 02, 2018
333 – Half Size Me: Why We Need Love And Respect For Our Body Before Trying To Change It With Amber
50:13
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Amber about why having 6 pack abs is not a good goal and won't make you happy why we need love and respect for our body before trying to change it how her mother gave her an amazing gift of focusing on health and not weight from a very young age and much more! To learn more about Amber, click here. To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jun 25, 2018
332 – Half Size Me: How To Accept Your Journey Will Take As Long As It Needs To
55:09
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Heather about how she got control over her anxiety and depression (and made progress with her weight) how she learned to track data to make peace with the scale what it took to help her accept this journey will take as long as it needs to and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jun 18, 2018
331 – Half Size Me: How Rene Stopped Worrying About Being Skinny And Instead Focused On Being Strong
50:58
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Rene about what she did during a 4-to-5 month plateau to keep herself moving forward how she learned to stop worrying about being skinny and instead focused on being strong how she learned to jump in and take action when things change instead of worrying and much more! To learn more about Rene, click here. To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jun 11, 2018
330 – Half Size Me: How To Battle Your Mindset To Maintain Your Weight Loss With Maggie
1:05:01
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Maggie about what it took for her to realize she is and always was an awesome person how she battled her mindset to maintain her weight loss what she learned about working past resentment in the coaching process and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jun 04, 2018
329 – Half Size Me: Become Empowered To Care For Yourself With Celeste
45:19
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Celeste about what she had to change to maintain her weight loss over the last 4 years how she helps others become empowered to care for themselves what she discovered was the key to being happier in her journey and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
May 28, 2018
328 – Half Size Me: How To Make Changes To Your Health From A Place of Self Love
43:25
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Amanda about how she started her weight loss journey from a place of self-love how she began to see her extra skin as a trophy for all the work she put in losing the weight how to make changes for your health from a place of self-love and much more! To learn more about Amanda, click here. To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
May 21, 2018
327 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather 026 – Answering Listener Questions!
46:56
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Ask Coach Heather Edition, Heather answers listener emails and voicemails about what to do when your spouse or partner won't stop bringing junk food into your home how to be effective at meal planning how to dial in your eating to lose the last 10-15 pounds and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
May 14, 2018
326 – Half Size Me: How Renee Lost 50 Pounds After Her Third Child Was Born!
45:14
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Renee about why she stayed in the Half Size Me Community when she was pregnant what she realized she needs to do for the rest of her life how she had to set boundaries around exercise and talking about her body how she lost 50 pounds after her third son was born and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
May 07, 2018
325 – Half Size Me: How Self-Care Differs From Self-Improvement With Krista Scott Dixon
48:11
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Krista Scott Dixon of Precision Nutrition about how to begin the process of self-care how self-care differs from self-improvement how to know if you should go to the lowest weight you think you want and much more! To learn more about Krista, click here. To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Apr 30, 2018
324 – Half Size Me: Why Accountability And Support Is Key To Long-Term Weight Loss With James Krieger
46:29
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to James Krieger of Weightology about what are the top three things that will help your body fight the tendency to gain weight back why accountability and support is key to long-term weight loss success why slowing down when eating will help with satiation and weight loss and much more! To learn more about James, click here. To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Apr 23, 2018
323 – Half Size Me: Facing Your Weight Loss Journey Without Resentment With Elsie
51:48
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Elsie about what she had to finally be honest with herself about to lose the weight why she had to be willing to learn from tracking her food and weight what the things were she was willing to do without resentment to lose over 25 pounds and drop 2-3% body fat how coaching with Heather helped her face her weight  loss journey without resentment and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Apr 16, 2018
322 – Half Size Me: How To Give Yourself Permission To Eat Fun Foods Responsibly And Other Tips
33:02
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Ask Coach Heather edition, Heather shares with you her coaching tips about how to evaluate your eating on a scale of 1-to-10 versus judging it as either "good" or "bad" what the biggest reasons are for why you aren't hitting your calorie target how to give yourself permission to eat fun foods responsibly and more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified-health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Apr 09, 2018
321 – Half Size Me: Sustainable Weight Loss Is The Answer With Julie Tussey
54:28
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Julie about why she had to learn about perimenopause and menopause and ways to deal with the symptoms how she changed her mindset around weight loss so she could lose weight in a sustainable way what changes she made to her eating and exercise while going thru menopause and much more! To learn more about Julie, click here. To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Apr 02, 2018
320 – Half Size Me: How To Balance Your Life By Focusing On Your Health With Charlotte
44:21
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Charlotte about how she learned to balance her life by focusing on her health and other interests why letting go of the fear of being in a relationship helped her lose weight how she focuses on one area of improvement for the whole year to have personal growth and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Mar 26, 2018
319 – Half Size Me: Changing Your Body and Your Life With Terri
43:10
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Terri about what she had to be confronted with to finally take action how she radically changed her A1C and blood sugar levels in 90 days what caused her to take "extreme" care of herself and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Mar 19, 2018
318 – Half Size Me: Why Grace And Compassion Can Help With Weight Loss
49:39
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Rebecca about why learning about herself freed her from perfectionist thinking why she had to approach weight loss from a less frantic place why grace and compassion helped her with weight loss and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Mar 12, 2018
317 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather Session 024 – How To Know When To Take A Maintenance Break
1:03:52
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather answers several listener questions about how to do strength training with knee issues how to include fats in your diet while losing weight how to know when to take a maintenance break how to set a goal weight and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Mar 05, 2018
316 – Half Size Me: Living Your Best Life With Julie
45:27
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Julie about what made her realize she was not taking care of herself what it took for her to see she was not living her best life why she finally created the "Don't Eat Crap" diet and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Feb 26, 2018
315 – Half Size Me: Learning To Love Your Body Instead of Resenting It With Shawna
50:43
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Shawna about how she learned to love her body instead of resenting it what healthy habits she had to learn to finish losing weight after getting a gastric sleeve why she realized weight loss surgery shrank her stomach but did not fix her mind and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Feb 19, 2018
314 – Half Size Me: How To Start Losing Weight Without A Weight Goal In Mind
43:48
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Michelle about how finding support for her drinking helped her begin to take care of herself why she did not start losing weight with a weight goal in mind what it means to her now that she is 6 years sober and maintained a 40+ pound weight loss and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or a certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Feb 12, 2018
313 – Half Size Me: How To Be A Critical Thinker While Losing Weight With Leigh Peele
55:48
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Leigh about how to be a critical thinker while losing weight how to know if someone is using science based research the correct way what are the simple facts to fat loss you want to look for and much more! To learn more about Leigh, click here. To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Feb 05, 2018
312 – Half Size Me: ACH 023 – Heather Shares Her Story
1:14:28
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, the tables are turned! Heather gets interviewed by fellow podcaster and Half Size Me Community member, Julie Tussey. They discuss why Heather gained weight as a child what special message she would go back and tell herself how she has kept her weight off what she has learned about maintenance after 6 years of maintaining her weight what the future plans are for Half Size Me and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jan 29, 2018
311 – Half Size Me: Reducing Stress to Help Lose Weight With Rachel
52:33
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Rachel about how PCOS impacts weight and health what she did to reduce her stress and help with her weight loss what she did so she could become more consistent with tracking and much more! To learn more about Jason, click here. To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jan 22, 2018
310 – Half Size Me: How To Start Your Journey In A New Way With Jason
42:36
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jason about how to find a trainer who understands your needs how to look for new ways to start your journey other than with food why you need to learn lessons via trial and error and much more! To learn more about Jason, click here. To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jan 15, 2018
309 – Half Size Me: How To Communicate What You Need To Your Loved Ones With Donald
49:53
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Donald about how Type 2 Diabetes led him to change his weight loss approach what he did to prevent feeling deprived of the foods he loves how to communicate what you need to your loved ones and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jan 08, 2018
308 – Half Size Me: Experimenting To Find What Works Best For You With Jenna
44:29
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jenna about why she had to experiment for 9 years with weight loss to find what worked for her why allowing more treats and fun in her life lead to better weight loss results how she views the coaching process and how you can know when you need coaching and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jan 01, 2018
307 – Half Size Me: The Keys To True Happiness With Katie (Runs For Cookies)
52:44
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Katie about how facing mental health struggles helped her find happiness why she now focuses on doing things that make her happy why self-acceptance and self-love are really the keys to true happiness and much more! To learn more about Katie, click here. To join The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, learn more about the benefits of community membership, and get notified when we open again for new members, please go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join   About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Dec 25, 2017
306 – Half Size Me: How To Set Your Weight Loss Goals By Focusing On Benefits and Drawbacks With Lyle MacDonald (Part 2)
1:19:54
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Lyle about what kind of carbs (and how many) to eat if you're dealing with PCOS what you need to know about the false research surrounding weight regain how to set your weight loss goals by focusing on benefits and drawbacks and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources   About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Dec 18, 2017
305 – Half Size Me: Getting the Best Results With Fat Loss – An Interview With Lyle MacDonald Part 1
1:00:45
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Lyle about how to diet "properly" the two things he recommends all women do to get the best results with fat loss how to lose weight in harmony with your cycle and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources BodyRecomposition.com (Lyle's site) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Dec 11, 2017
304 – Half Size Me: ACH 022 – Why You Need To Grow, Change, and Learn To Re-Wire Your Brain To Make Weight Loss Possible
49:33
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather answers listener questions about how to discuss weight and body image with your kids why you need to grow, change and learn to re-wire your brain to make weight loss possible how to help you push past a weight loss wall and more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Dec 04, 2017
303 – Half Size Me: How To Learn What Will And Won’t Work For You With Krissy
58:39
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Krissy about how she learned what would not work for her based on her previous attempts at weight loss how going to a plastic surgeon impacted her weight loss journey what she would, and would not, be willing to do to achieve her fitness goals and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Nov 27, 2017
302 – Half Size Me: Finding a Sustainable Approach to Weight Loss With Emily
46:05
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Emily about why she had to find other interests to focus on after a lifetime of focusing on weight loss how her struggle with bulimia caused her to focus on weight loss differently what helped her realize her old approach to weight loss was not sustainable and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources Recovery Warriors (podcast) Intuitive Eating: A Revolutionary Program That Works (book) Run Fast. Eat Slow.: Nourishing Recipes for Athletes (book) Daring Greatly: How the Courage to Be Vulnerable Transforms the Way We Live, Love, Parent, and Lead (book) Big Magic: Creative Living Beyond Fear (book) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Nov 20, 2017
301 – Half Size Me: How Jessy Lost 70 Pounds Without Giving Up Her Favorite Foods
46:57
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jessy about what she did to make sure she could work exercise into her busy schedule how she lost 70 pounds without giving up her favorite foods what made her realize slow weight loss was better than fast weight loss and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources https://www.amazon.com/Daniel-Plan-Days-Healthier-Life/dp/0310344298 https://www.instagram.com/diaryofafitmommyofficial/?hl=en https://www.vitamix.com/us/en_us/ About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Nov 13, 2017
300 – Half Size Me: ACH 023 – The 6 Lessons You’ve Learned Listening To The Half Size Me Show
55:43
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather answers listener questions about the 6 lessons you've learned listening to the Half Size Me Show! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources     About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Nov 06, 2017
299 – Half Size Me: How To Gain Control Of Your Life After Gaining Back The Weight With Holli
50:05
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Holli about what she had to find after she gained weight following weight loss surgery how she deals with stress now after getting control over her weight what she really learned after having gastric bypass surgery and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources Dave Ramsey's Financial Peace https://www.strava.com http://www.myfitnesspal.com Primal Potential (podcast) Foodist with Darya Rose, Ph.D (podcast) The Model Health Show (podcast) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Oct 30, 2017
298 – Half Size Me: Why You Must Believe In Yourself To Change Your Mindset And Your Body With Marty Wolfe
56:57
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Marty about what he learned about himself after being a contestant on the Biggest Loser why taking care of yourself needs to happen before focusing on weight loss why we must believe in ourselves to change our mindset and our bodies and much more! To learn more about Marty, click here. To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Oct 23, 2017
297 – Half Size Me: Why You Don’t Want To “Borrow” Weight Loss Only To Regain It With Bryan
40:21
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Bryan about how he hit rock bottom at almost 600 pounds what he did to help him start his weight loss why he did not want to "borrow" weight loss only to regain it later and much more! To learn more about Bryan, click here. To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Oct 16, 2017
296 – Half Size Me: Why Enjoying The Process Of Weight Loss Is Key To Doing It In A Sustainable Way With Chris
44:51
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Chris about why she had to lose and regain the same 80 pounds multiple times before realizing she needed to go slower in the process why enjoying the process of weight loss is key to doing it in a sustainable way how her journey to losing over 70 pounds started with a jug of water and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Oct 09, 2017
295 – Half Size Me: Stop Allowing The Scale To Impact Your Self-Image With Jay
42:45
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jay about why he had to learn to maintain his weight before he could lose it and keep it off how he has learned to not fall victim to weight loss scams how to stop allowing the scale to impact your self-image and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Oct 02, 2017
294 – Half Size Me: Why You Must Focus On Your Minimums To Make Progress With Jen
43:18
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jen about why she had to let go of doing everything and focus on her minimums to make progress how support in the gym and online has been instrumental in hitting her weight loss goals how she will plan differently for major life changes so she will not gain the weight back and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Sep 25, 2017
293 – Half Size Me: Why Support Is a Necessity To Maintain Your Weight With Tamar
42:15
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Tamar about how a 12-step program helped her with her emotional issues around food why she realized support is a necessity for her to maintain her weight why she loves and enjoys her life even more now at 61 and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Sep 18, 2017
292 – Half Size Me: How To Coach Yourself To Help Deal With Emotional Eating With Kimberley
45:06
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Kimberley about how she learned to coach herself to help her deal with emotional eating what her message is to all Army wives why she had to alter a diet to make it work for her and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources Bryony Gordon's Mad World (podcast) Freedom (productivity app) Happy Scale (app) Moment – Screen Time Tracker (productivity app) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Sep 11, 2017
291 – Half Size Me: How To Make Peace With Food With Molly
48:49
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Molly about how she learned to make peace with food how she uses journaling to help with her eating what made her realize she wants more for herself after years of struggling with body acceptance and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources Molly's Freedom Fuel Template (free Powerpoint resource courtesy of Molly) Bryony Gordon's Mad World (podcast) Freedom (productivity app) Happy Scale (app) Moment - Screen Time (productivity app) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Sep 04, 2017
290 – Half Size Me: What You Can Do Today To Make Sure You Won’t Regain The Weight With Nicole
37:57
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Nicole about how she learned that taking care of herself was more important than her job what she's doing today to make sure she won't have to lose the weight again in the future how she was able to lose weight while still eating wings and beer and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources Weight Watchers Fitbit Be More Than Pink About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Aug 28, 2017
289 – Half Size Me: How Emily Used Self-Love As Motivation To Lose Over 136 Pounds
41:17
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Emily about how she used self-love as her motivation to lose over 136 pounds why, when you're struggling with depression, you should focus on "minimums" how using the Half Size Me Community resources have helped her with emotional eating and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources https://www.fitnessblender.com https://www.weightandwellness.com/resources/podcasts/ http://simplerootswellness.com About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Aug 21, 2017
288 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather 20 – Listener Questions Answered!
39:37
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather answers listener questions about what is the best breakfast to eat for weight loss? how do you change your thoughts about starting your weight loss over again after gaining it back? what do you think about body acceptance, HAES, and weight loss? how do you avoid the diet and over eating cycle? and more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join   About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Aug 14, 2017
287 – Half Size Me: What Are You Ready To Change Right Now?
42:31
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Corinne about why she had to ask herself, "What am I ready to change right now?" to lose 100 pounds what helped her realize she didn't want to have to continue losing weight over and over again what it takes to make the small habits stick and much more! To learn more about Corinne, click here. To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Aug 07, 2017
286 – Half Size Me: How To Manage Your Emotions Without Using Food
49:44
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Bridgitte about how she pushed past the feelings of perfectionism and started taking action how as a nurse she learned to make space for herself and avoid issues related to obesity how she learned to manage her emotions without food and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources Gallon Gear Utility Water Jug Cover Refuse to Regain! (book) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jul 31, 2017
285 – Half Size Me: Learning How To Treat Yourself Better With Katie
46:58
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Katie about how Katie learned to her treat herself to help her lose over 50 pounds why coaching has been one of the best things she has ever done for herself how giving herself more permission with food helped her with her weight loss and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jul 24, 2017
284 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather Session 19 – Listener Questions Answered!
50:39
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather answers listener questions about how to approach weight loss when you hear there is a 95% failure rateto eat according to a number scale how to eat according to a number scale how to find maintenance and weight loss calorie ranges how to work on emotional eating how to choose an approach to get on the most direct road to your goals how to stop fearing food and learn to enjoy it To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources     About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jul 17, 2017
283 – Half Size Me: Why It’s So Important To Let Go Of Perfection With Frank
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Frank Beard, Analyst/Evangelist for Convenience Store Trends, with GasBuddy about how he lost 6 pounds in 30 days eating at convenience stores and gas stations why it's so important to let go of being perfect and making progress for maintaining a healthy weight how he learned convenience stores have many healthy options to help you travel and eat well and much more! To learn more about Frank, click here.  To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources Frank's Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/30daysofgasstationfood/ "This is where I post photos of healthful food that I find at convenience stores." Click HERE for a simple "how-to" guide for anyone who wants to know how to navigate a gas station. About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jul 10, 2017
282 – Half Size Me: How Tapping Into Your Creativity Will Help You Lose Weight And Maintain With Pat
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Pat about what she had to focus on to motivate her to lose weight at 64 years of age how she's maintained her 60 pound weight loss since 2009 how tapping into your creativity will help you lose weight and maintain and much more! To learn more about Pat, click here and here. To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jul 03, 2017
281 – Half Size Me: Discovering the Key To Losing Weight In A Healthy, Balanced Way With Stephanie
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Stephanie about how her battle with depression affected losing weight how she discovered the key to losing weight in a healthy balanced way how learned to separate her beliefs from the reality of her situation and much more! To learn more about Stephanie, click here. To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources Better Than Before (book) You Can Buy Happiness (book) Rowdy Kittens (blog) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jun 26, 2017
280 Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather Session 18 – Heather’s 3 Tips On How To Turn Even The Worst Day Around
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather shares a recent Half Size Me Community ™ webinar where she shares her three tips on how to turn even the worst day around and she talks about how to stay motivated, especially when things are hard why you should embrace your "failures" how your worst day can become your greatest success and more! To get on the The Half Size Me™ Community waiting list, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources: https://startupbros.com/the-only-thing-that-will-determine…/ https://hbr.org/2012/12/nine-ways-successful-people-de http://www.johnmaxwell.com/…/it-all-comes-down-to-what-you-… https://blog.bufferapp.com/the-myth-of-passion-and-motivati… About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jun 19, 2017
279 – Half Size Me: Finding Boundaries With Food And Relationships With Kimonica
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Kimonica about why she had to find boundaries with food and relationships to get healthy why she could not do "extremes" with her eating to lose weight for the long term how she moved past unhealthy relationships to get to a healthy body and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jun 12, 2017
278 – Half Size Me: Caring For Others While Focusing On Your Health With Jonathan
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Jonathan about how to care for others and while still focusing on your health how, as a pastor, he balances eating with his congregation and his health goals how he finds balance between what is good for him vs. what is not and much more! To learn more about Jonathan, click here. To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources The Art of The Pilgrimage (book) Waterlogged - Daily Hydration Tracker (app) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Jun 05, 2017
277 – Half Size Me: Learning To Accept Yourself And Realize Your Gifts With Trish
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Trish about how she learned to accept herself and realized all her gifts how becoming more compassionate with herself was a key to making better food choices why we are more than our bodies and need to celebrate the gifts inside each of us and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources http://www.adultchildren.org https://www.claudiablack.com https://www.tarabrach.com http://www.intuitiveeating.org http://www.stitcher.com/podcast/wwwstitchercompodcastsavorpodcast/savor-podcast About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
May 29, 2017
276 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather Session 17 – Listener Questions!
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather answers listener questions about how to plan your treats rather than eating off plan impulsively why love and compassion does not give you permission to do whatever you want what is the best diet and fitness plan to start with and more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join   About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
May 22, 2017
275 – Half Size Me: Eat And Move To Change Your Body Composition With Tiffany
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Tiffany about what information you can get from a DEXA scan and how to use it how to eat and move to help change your body composition what you can learn fwith a VO2 Max test and how it will help you with your training and much more! To learn more about Tiffany, click here. Coupon code 10% off service: halfsizeme To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
May 15, 2017
274 – Half Size Me: Why You Have To Be Honest With Yourself To Lose The Weight With Alex
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Alex about how she had to create her own plan of what worked for her. why allowing treats in the journey was key to her success this time why you have to be honest with yourself to lose the weight and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources Foodist with Darya Rose, Ph.D (podcast) SkinnyTaste (blog) It Was Me All Along: A Memoir (book) The Power of Habit (book) The Shift: How I Finally Lost Weight and Discovered a Happier Life (book) About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
May 08, 2017
273 – Half Size Me: Never Give Up On Yourself with Shelly
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Shelly about why she knew she'd decided to do this and would never give up how she became her own best friend how she learned about maintenance while losing the weight and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources http://www.skinnytaste.com http://drdebbutler.com/category/podcast http://realweightlossrealwomen.com/category/podcast/ About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
May 01, 2017
272 – Half Size Me: Ask Coach Heather 016 – Answering Listener Questions!
In this Ask Coach Heather session, Heather answers listener questions about How do you know if you can skip a meal without self-sabotaging? Can you lose weight eating a high-fat diet? How do you set up your home to support your health and weight loss? and more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join Resources http://news.cornell.edu/stories/2015/10/whats-your-countertop-might-predict-your-weight http://www.burnthefatblog.com/the-simple-hierarchy-of-fat-loss https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2763382/ https://authoritynutrition.com/15-conditions-benefit-ketogenic-diet/ http://www.epilepsy.com/learn/treating-seizures-and-epilepsy/dietary-therapies/ketogenic-diet About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Apr 24, 2017
271 – Half Size Me: How Brittney Overcame Extreme Obstacles To Lose The Weight and Keep It Off
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Brittney about how she weight went from 84 pounds to 240 pounds what the similarities are between binge eating, anorexia, and bulimia how she changed her mindset, lost the weight, and keep it off after years of eating disorders and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Apr 17, 2017
270 – Half Size Me: Why You Need To Build A Strong Support System To Reach Your Goals
58:46
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Lita about how learned to eat in moderation after being very restrictive with her food why she needed to build a strong support system at home and online to reach her goals why she wishes she had gone to therapy much earlier in her journey and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or a certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Apr 10, 2017
269 – Half Size Me: Why Forgiving Yourself Can Set You Free To Lose Weight
52:06
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Callie about why forgiving yourself can set you free to lose weight how she stopped feeling like she had to take care of everyone else and finally took care of herself why a co-dependent relationship left her lost and confused and how she overcame it and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, and interviews with women who've learned weight loss isn't just about losing pounds, it's about finding yourself. Disclaimer: Heather is not a doctor, nurse, or certified health professional and what works for her or her guests may, or may not, work for you. So, please be sure to talk with your doctor, dietician, or other certified health professional when seeking advice about your own weight loss or weight maintenance plan. All information included in The Half Size Me™ Podcast and on HalfSizeMe.com is for informational and inspirational purposes only. For additional disclaimer information, please visit HalfSizeMe.com. To contact Heather about the show, please click here to use the contact form.
Apr 03, 2017
268 – Half Size Me: Why You Have To Face Your Food Issues With Kate
48:31
In this episode of The Half Size Me™ Show, Heather talks to Kate about why she had to be willing to feel sadness to face her issues with food how she used being an "obliger" to her advantage why she focused on food first and added fitness later what her experience on the Today Show was like and much more! To join The Half Size Me™ Community, go here: http://halfsizeme.com/join About Half Size Me The Half Size Me™ Show is a weekly podcast meant to inspire you and motivate you no matter where you are in your weight loss journey. If you're just getting started losing weight, or if you've started and stopped so many times you've lost count, this is the show for you! Hosted by Heather Robertson, who lost over 170 pounds by learning new eating habits, getting regular exercise, and, most importantly, changing her mindset. She shares her own lessons and struggles as well as how to handle to real challenge of any weight loss journey... weight maintenance. So, join Heather every week as she shares information, inspiration, a